Emulex DS4000 DS5000 Download Drivers, Utilities, Manual, Firmware and BIOS

Available 130 files for DS4000 DS5000
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 BootBIOS
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version BIOS
1.70a3
Size BIOS
39Kb
File Name
tb170a3.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Open Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
1.50a8
Size Driver
33Kb
File Name
to150a8.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\O150a8.txt The file you are reading

\SO150a8.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\DO150a8.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\CO150a8.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\HO150a8.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\TO150a8.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\BO150a8.PRG Lp11000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\ZO150a8.PRG Lpe11000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a8 ------------------------

1. The PCI device ID for Lpe11000 in make file wasn't a correct value,
and cause probe process does not find the Fcode image during POST.
The new release fixed this issue by update the correct PCI device
ID in make file. (CR18053)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a7 ------------------------

1. The command of report-luns is not setup as external variable in
FCode, this caused the system fail to compile the report-luns into
the RAM during the boot time, and result a boot failure. The new
fix has setup the report-luns as external variable. (CR17926)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a6 ------------------------

1. Added the Report LUN before Test Unit Ready command. (CR17835)

2. Added 60ms delay after PRLI and before the first Report Luns command
is sent out. (CR17836)

3. Changed the FCP Port Completion Timeout to 90 seconds for Start/Stop Unit
command, and others for 30 seconds timeout. (CR17837)

4. Fixed the bug on system hangs during "probe-scsi-all", because the timeout
for FCP completion was greater FCP Response. The new fix will be increased
FCP Response Timeout to 100 seconds for Start/Stop Unit command, and others
for 40 seconds timeout. (CR17838)

5. Fixed the bug for mishandle the return value of TUR when FC cable was not
connect properly during boot time and result an error message of
"STACK UNDERFLOW" issue. (CR17839)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 EFI Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
3.11a5
Size Driver
129Kb
File Name
te311a5_ebc.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\rel_notes.txt the file you are reading
\DE311A5.PRG Lp8000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\CE311A5.PRG Lp9000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\QE311A5.PRG Lp850 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\LE311A5.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\TE311A5.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ME311A5.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\EE311A5.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\BE311A5.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\JE311A5.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ZE311A5.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\WE311A5.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ElxCli311a5.efi


***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.02a0
Size Driver
204Kb
File Name
bu502a0.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 1.70a3, OpenBoot 1.50a8 and EFIBoot 3.11a5 This Universal Boot version 5.01a9 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 1.70a3
(2) OpenBoot version 1.50a8
(3) EFIBoot version 3.11a5

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\readme.txt this file you are reading
\HU502A0.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU502A0.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU502A0.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU502A0.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\elxcli311a5.efi EFI 3.11a5 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Boot Code Update Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 BootBIOS
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version BIOS
1.70a3
Size BIOS
39Kb
File Name
tb170a3.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Open Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
1.50a8
Size Driver
33Kb
File Name
to150a8.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\O150a8.txt The file you are reading

\SO150a8.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\DO150a8.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\CO150a8.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\HO150a8.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\TO150a8.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\BO150a8.PRG Lp11000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\ZO150a8.PRG Lpe11000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a8 ------------------------

1. The PCI device ID for Lpe11000 in make file wasn't a correct value,
and cause probe process does not find the Fcode image during POST.
The new release fixed this issue by update the correct PCI device
ID in make file. (CR18053)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a7 ------------------------

1. The command of report-luns is not setup as external variable in
FCode, this caused the system fail to compile the report-luns into
the RAM during the boot time, and result a boot failure. The new
fix has setup the report-luns as external variable. (CR17926)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a6 ------------------------

1. Added the Report LUN before Test Unit Ready command. (CR17835)

2. Added 60ms delay after PRLI and before the first Report Luns command
is sent out. (CR17836)

3. Changed the FCP Port Completion Timeout to 90 seconds for Start/Stop Unit
command, and others for 30 seconds timeout. (CR17837)

4. Fixed the bug on system hangs during "probe-scsi-all", because the timeout
for FCP completion was greater FCP Response. The new fix will be increased
FCP Response Timeout to 100 seconds for Start/Stop Unit command, and others
for 40 seconds timeout. (CR17838)

5. Fixed the bug for mishandle the return value of TUR when FC cable was not
connect properly during boot time and result an error message of
"STACK UNDERFLOW" issue. (CR17839)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 EFI Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
3.11a5
Size Driver
129Kb
File Name
te311a5_ebc.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\rel_notes.txt the file you are reading
\DE311A5.PRG Lp8000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\CE311A5.PRG Lp9000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\QE311A5.PRG Lp850 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\LE311A5.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\TE311A5.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ME311A5.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\EE311A5.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\BE311A5.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\JE311A5.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ZE311A5.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\WE311A5.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ElxCli311a5.efi


***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.02a0
Size Driver
204Kb
File Name
bu502a0.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 1.70a3, OpenBoot 1.50a8 and EFIBoot 3.11a5 This Universal Boot version 5.01a9 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 1.70a3
(2) OpenBoot version 1.50a8
(3) EFIBoot version 3.11a5

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\readme.txt this file you are reading
\HU502A0.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU502A0.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU502A0.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU502A0.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\elxcli311a5.efi EFI 3.11a5 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Boot Code Update Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.03a4
Size Driver
303Kb
File Name
bu503a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains:x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Boot Code Update Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.03a4
Size Driver
303Kb
File Name
bu503a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains:x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Boot Code Update Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 BootBIOS
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version BIOS
1.70a3
Size BIOS
41Kb
File Name
hb170a3.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending on the selection in the BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.

\readme.txt this file you are reading

\SB170a3.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\DB170a3.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\CB170a3.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\HB170a3.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70a3
\TB170a3.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70a3

\QB170a3.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70a3
\RB170a3.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70a3
\LB170a3.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70a3
\MB170a3.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70a3
\EB170a3.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70a3

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.

(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in the BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility
to activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 Open Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
1.50a8
Size Driver
35Kb
File Name
ho150a8.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\O150a8.txt The file you are reading

\SO150a8.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\DO150a8.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\CO150a8.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\HO150a8.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\TO150a8.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\BO150a8.PRG Lp11000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\ZO150a8.PRG Lpe11000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a8 ------------------------

1. The PCI device ID for Lpe11000 in make file wasn't a correct value,
and cause probe process does not find the Fcode image during POST.
The new release fixed this issue by update the correct PCI device
ID in make file. (CR18053)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a7 ------------------------

1. The command of report-luns is not setup as external variable in
FCode, this caused the system fail to compile the report-luns into
the RAM during the boot time, and result a boot failure. The new
fix has setup the report-luns as external variable. (CR17926)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a6 ------------------------

1. Added the Report LUN before Test Unit Ready command. (CR17835)

2. Added 60ms delay after PRLI and before the first Report Luns command
is sent out. (CR17836)

3. Changed the FCP Port Completion Timeout to 90 seconds for Start/Stop Unit
command, and others for 30 seconds timeout. (CR17837)

4. Fixed the bug on system hangs during "probe-scsi-all", because the timeout
for FCP completion was greater FCP Response. The new fix will be increased
FCP Response Timeout to 100 seconds for Start/Stop Unit command, and others
for 40 seconds timeout. (CR17838)

5. Fixed the bug for mishandle the return value of TUR when FC cable was not
connect properly during boot time and result an error message of
"STACK UNDERFLOW" issue. (CR17839)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 EFI Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
3.11a5
Size Driver
129Kb
File Name
he311a5_ebc.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\rel_notes.txt the file you are reading
\DE311A5.PRG Lp8000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\CE311A5.PRG Lp9000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\QE311A5.PRG Lp850 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\LE311A5.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\TE311A5.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ME311A5.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\EE311A5.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\BE311A5.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\JE311A5.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ZE311A5.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\WE311A5.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ElxCli311a5.efi


***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.02a0
Size Driver
204Kb
File Name
hu502a0.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 1.70a3, OpenBoot 1.50a8 and EFIBoot 3.11a5 This Universal Boot version 5.01a9 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 1.70a3
(2) OpenBoot version 1.50a8
(3) EFIBoot version 3.11a5

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\readme.txt this file you are reading
\HU502A0.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU502A0.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU502A0.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU502A0.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\elxcli311a5.efi EFI 3.11a5 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 Boot Code Update Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC BootBIOS
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version BIOS
1.70a3
Size BIOS
41Kb
File Name
hb170a3.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending on the selection in the BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.

\readme.txt this file you are reading

\SB170a3.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\DB170a3.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\CB170a3.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\HB170a3.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70a3
\TB170a3.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70a3

\QB170a3.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70a3
\RB170a3.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70a3
\LB170a3.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70a3
\MB170a3.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70a3
\EB170a3.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70a3

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.

(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in the BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility
to activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC Open Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
1.50a8
Size Driver
35Kb
File Name
ho150a8.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\O150a8.txt The file you are reading

\SO150a8.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\DO150a8.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\CO150a8.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\HO150a8.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\TO150a8.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\BO150a8.PRG Lp11000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
\ZO150a8.PRG Lpe11000 Open Firmware 1.50a8
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a8 ------------------------

1. The PCI device ID for Lpe11000 in make file wasn't a correct value,
and cause probe process does not find the Fcode image during POST.
The new release fixed this issue by update the correct PCI device
ID in make file. (CR18053)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a7 ------------------------

1. The command of report-luns is not setup as external variable in
FCode, this caused the system fail to compile the report-luns into
the RAM during the boot time, and result a boot failure. The new
fix has setup the report-luns as external variable. (CR17926)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.50a6 ------------------------

1. Added the Report LUN before Test Unit Ready command. (CR17835)

2. Added 60ms delay after PRLI and before the first Report Luns command
is sent out. (CR17836)

3. Changed the FCP Port Completion Timeout to 90 seconds for Start/Stop Unit
command, and others for 30 seconds timeout. (CR17837)

4. Fixed the bug on system hangs during "probe-scsi-all", because the timeout
for FCP completion was greater FCP Response. The new fix will be increased
FCP Response Timeout to 100 seconds for Start/Stop Unit command, and others
for 40 seconds timeout. (CR17838)

5. Fixed the bug for mishandle the return value of TUR when FC cable was not
connect properly during boot time and result an error message of
"STACK UNDERFLOW" issue. (CR17839)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC EFI Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
3.11a5
Size Driver
129Kb
File Name
he311a5_ebc.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\rel_notes.txt the file you are reading
\DE311A5.PRG Lp8000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\CE311A5.PRG Lp9000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\QE311A5.PRG Lp850 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\LE311A5.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\TE311A5.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ME311A5.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\EE311A5.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\BE311A5.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\JE311A5.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ZE311A5.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\WE311A5.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ElxCli311a5.efi


***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.02a0
Size Driver
204Kb
File Name
hu502a0.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 1.70a3, OpenBoot 1.50a8 and EFIBoot 3.11a5 This Universal Boot version 5.01a9 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 1.70a3
(2) OpenBoot version 1.50a8
(3) EFIBoot version 3.11a5

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\readme.txt this file you are reading
\HU502A0.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU502A0.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU502A0.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU502A0.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\elxcli311a5.efi EFI 3.11a5 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC Boot Code Update Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.03a4
Size Driver
303Kb
File Name
zu503a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.10a2
Size Driver
352Kb
File Name
zu510a2.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Universal BOOT 5.10a2 is required for uEFI support on IBM x3550 M2 Type 7946 and x3650 M2 Type 7947 Servers. Insure this version is installed on this Host Bus Adapter. This Universal Boot version 5.10a2 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.11a0
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.11a2

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\510a2.txt this file you are reading
\HU510a2.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU510a2.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU510a2.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU510a2.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU510a2.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU510a2.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli411a2.efi EFI 4.11a2 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. DosLpCfg.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Boot Code Update Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Manual
5.10a2
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.03a4
Size Driver
303Kb
File Name
zu503a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.10a2
Size Driver
352Kb
File Name
zu510a2.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Universal BOOT 5.10a2 is required for uEFI support on IBM x3550 M2 Type 7946 and x3650 M2 Type 7947 Servers. Insure this version is installed on this Host Bus Adapter. This Universal Boot version 5.10a2 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.11a0
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.11a2

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\510a2.txt this file you are reading
\HU510a2.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU510a2.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU510a2.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU510a2.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU510a2.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU510a2.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli411a2.efi EFI 4.11a2 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. DosLpCfg.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Boot Code Update Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Manual
5.10a2
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12000-M8 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.03a4
Size Driver
303Kb
File Name
uu503a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12000-M8 Boot Code User Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12002-M8 Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.03a4
Size Driver
303Kb
File Name
uu503a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12002-M8 Boot Code User Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12000-M8 Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
1.11a5
Size Firmware
249Kb
File Name
ud111a5.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Release Notes

Date: March 2009

Product: Emulex(R) LightPulse LPe12002, LPe12000 and LPe1250 HBAs

Version: 1.11a5 Firmware

This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.

New Features in Firmware Version 1.11a5
There are no new features in this release.

Resolved Issues Since Firmware Version 1.10a5
1. The FC-Tape firmware functionality has been enhanced.

2. The host pointer in SLIM (HPS) support has been added for SLI-2.

3. ASIC power management has been enhanced.

4. The firmware no longer restores SERR and PERR after reset when appropriate, which had an impact on certain OS operations.

5. The configuration region base address in the dump table has been corrected.

6. Intermittent PCIe link training failures which can cause an adapter to remain Reset with all LEDs OFF following a Power Cycle or Warm System Reboot have been fixed.

7. The mouse cursor no longer hangs when the Diagnostic tab in the HBAnyware® application is selected.

8. The firmware no longer incorrectly aborts an FCP_IWRITE command when XFR_RDY suppression is on and the size specified in IOCB word 5 is larger than actual data transfer size.

9. The firmware no longer sends ABTS if the exchange has not sent out the first frame of the first sequence.

10. A kernel stack error in the EEPROM test has been corrected.

11. Unnecessary debug routines were removed.

12. The firmware now correctly sets 'TSI' when the initial transfer length of an FCP_IWRITE command is non-zero (no XFER-READY mode).

13. A potential hang caused by a mailbox timeout has been fixed.

14. For directly connected HBAs, the link now properly responds to multiple sequence aborts.

15. The Init_BBC field in READ_CONFIG is now initialized prior to INIT_LINK.

16. The firmware now checks the frame type and process it accordingly.

17. An out-of-credit situation in auto topology now results in LR -- LRR -- idles instead of LR -- LRR – OLS idles.

18. The code name for an abort-handling routine return was renamed.

19. A BA_ACC frame response to an ABTS frame will now be sent on a new sequence ID with a sequence count of zero.

20. Retrying user data DMAs is now avoided in all cases.

21. Link negotiation has been improved when a receiver speed is changed.

22. A transmit hang on that occurs on a Fibre Channel link while running mixed Class 2 and Class 3 traffic has been fixed.

23. A spurious XRI_ABORTED_CX is no longer returned to the SLI Host when a link-down occurs during RRQ processing for an exchange.

24. A potential transmit hang on a Fibre Channel link was corrected.

25. Under certain error conditions, a documented error status for the REG_VPI mailbox command is now provided.

26. An exchange resource issue, which could occur when an aborted exchange was revived while the port was set to use the SLI-3 synchronous abort handling feature, was fixed.

27. An ABTS that previously would have been ignored is now handled the by firmware.

28. The default Rate Select output is now 8 Gb/s.

29. The correct SFP type is now returned.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12000-M8 Firmware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
33Kb
File Name
fw_release_notes.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Release Notes
Date: March 2009
Product: Emulex® LightPulse LPe12002, LPe12000 and LPe1250 HBAs
Version: 1.11a5 Firmware
This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in Firmware Version 1.11a5
There are no new features in this release.
Resolved Issues Since Firmware Version 1.10a5
1. The FC-Tape firmware functionality has been enhanced.
2. The host pointer in SLIM (HPS) support has been added for SLI-2.
3. ASIC power management has been enhanced.
4. The firmware no longer restores SERR and PERR after reset when appropriate, which had an impact on certain OS operations.
5. The configuration region base address in the dump table has been corrected.
6. Intermittent PCIe link training failures which can cause an adapter to remain Reset with all LEDs OFF following a Power Cycle or Warm System Reboot have been fixed.
7. The mouse cursor no longer hangs when the Diagnostic tab in the HBAnyware® application is selected.
8. The firmware no longer incorrectly aborts an FCP_IWRITE command when XFR_RDY suppression is on and the size specified in IOCB word 5 is larger than actual data transfer size.
9. The firmware no longer sends ABTS if the exchange has not sent out the first frame of the first sequence.
10. A kernel stack error in the EEPROM test has been corrected.
11. Unnecessary debug routines were removed.
12. The firmware now correctly sets 'TSI' when the initial transfer length of an FCP_IWRITE command is non-zero (no XFER-READY mode).
13. A potential hang caused by a mailbox timeout has been fixed.
14. For directly connected HBAs, the link now properly responds to multiple sequence aborts.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12000-M8 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12002-M8 Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
1.11a5
Size Firmware
249Kb
File Name
ud111a5.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Release Notes

Date: March 2009

Product: Emulex(R) LightPulse LPe12002, LPe12000 and LPe1250 HBAs

Version: 1.11a5 Firmware

This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.

New Features in Firmware Version 1.11a5
There are no new features in this release.

Resolved Issues Since Firmware Version 1.10a5
1. The FC-Tape firmware functionality has been enhanced.

2. The host pointer in SLIM (HPS) support has been added for SLI-2.

3. ASIC power management has been enhanced.

4. The firmware no longer restores SERR and PERR after reset when appropriate, which had an impact on certain OS operations.

5. The configuration region base address in the dump table has been corrected.

6. Intermittent PCIe link training failures which can cause an adapter to remain Reset with all LEDs OFF following a Power Cycle or Warm System Reboot have been fixed.

7. The mouse cursor no longer hangs when the Diagnostic tab in the HBAnyware® application is selected.

8. The firmware no longer incorrectly aborts an FCP_IWRITE command when XFR_RDY suppression is on and the size specified in IOCB word 5 is larger than actual data transfer size.

9. The firmware no longer sends ABTS if the exchange has not sent out the first frame of the first sequence.

10. A kernel stack error in the EEPROM test has been corrected.

11. Unnecessary debug routines were removed.

12. The firmware now correctly sets 'TSI' when the initial transfer length of an FCP_IWRITE command is non-zero (no XFER-READY mode).

13. A potential hang caused by a mailbox timeout has been fixed.

14. For directly connected HBAs, the link now properly responds to multiple sequence aborts.

15. The Init_BBC field in READ_CONFIG is now initialized prior to INIT_LINK.

16. The firmware now checks the frame type and process it accordingly.

17. An out-of-credit situation in auto topology now results in LR -- LRR -- idles instead of LR -- LRR – OLS idles.

18. The code name for an abort-handling routine return was renamed.

19. A BA_ACC frame response to an ABTS frame will now be sent on a new sequence ID with a sequence count of zero.

20. Retrying user data DMAs is now avoided in all cases.

21. Link negotiation has been improved when a receiver speed is changed.

22. A transmit hang on that occurs on a Fibre Channel link while running mixed Class 2 and Class 3 traffic has been fixed.

23. A spurious XRI_ABORTED_CX is no longer returned to the SLI Host when a link-down occurs during RRQ processing for an exchange.

24. A potential transmit hang on a Fibre Channel link was corrected.

25. Under certain error conditions, a documented error status for the REG_VPI mailbox command is now provided.

26. An exchange resource issue, which could occur when an aborted exchange was revived while the port was set to use the SLI-3 synchronous abort handling feature, was fixed.

27. An ABTS that previously would have been ignored is now handled the by firmware.

28. The default Rate Select output is now 8 Gb/s.

29. The correct SFP type is now returned.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12002-M8 Firmware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
33Kb
File Name
fw_release_notes.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Release Notes
Date: March 2009
Product: Emulex® LightPulse LPe12002, LPe12000 and LPe1250 HBAs
Version: 1.11a5 Firmware
This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in Firmware Version 1.11a5
There are no new features in this release.
Resolved Issues Since Firmware Version 1.10a5
1. The FC-Tape firmware functionality has been enhanced.
2. The host pointer in SLIM (HPS) support has been added for SLI-2.
3. ASIC power management has been enhanced.
4. The firmware no longer restores SERR and PERR after reset when appropriate, which had an impact on certain OS operations.
5. The configuration region base address in the dump table has been corrected.
6. Intermittent PCIe link training failures which can cause an adapter to remain Reset with all LEDs OFF following a Power Cycle or Warm System Reboot have been fixed.
7. The mouse cursor no longer hangs when the Diagnostic tab in the HBAnyware® application is selected.
8. The firmware no longer incorrectly aborts an FCP_IWRITE command when XFR_RDY suppression is on and the size specified in IOCB word 5 is larger than actual data transfer size.
9. The firmware no longer sends ABTS if the exchange has not sent out the first frame of the first sequence.
10. A kernel stack error in the EEPROM test has been corrected.
11. Unnecessary debug routines were removed.
12. The firmware now correctly sets 'TSI' when the initial transfer length of an FCP_IWRITE command is non-zero (no XFER-READY mode).
13. A potential hang caused by a mailbox timeout has been fixed.
14. For directly connected HBAs, the link now properly responds to multiple sequence aborts.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12002-M8 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Dual Port
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
296Kb
File Name
zf280a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LPe11002, LPe11004, and LPe1105 PCI Express
host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
ZF280A4.ALL All firmware components, no boot code
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes in version 2.80a4 --

Volatile WWNs now indicate presence in the Host Status Register.
(CR 83090, 83091, 83092)

-- Changes in version 2.80a3 --

Bringing up the loop was made more tolerant and consistent. (CR 82586,
82587)

READ_CONFIG mailbox command no longer returns wrong information on system
running Solaris for x86. (CR 82588)

Changed Receive Timeout default timer value to avoid one-second
shortfall. (CR 82591)

-- Changes in version 2.80a2 --

VPI values are now set to zero after a system reboot. (CR 75272)

Fixed code to correctly process link counter update on link down (cable
pull). (CR 75618, 82314)

Performing a firmware update using HBAnyware 4.0 across platforms no
longer results in the firmware update failing and causing the HBA to
appear offline when seen from a remote HBA while appearing online to
the local system. (CR 82162, 82163)

Revised command queueing method so that transmit buffer actions do not
starve generic sequence operations. (CR 82331, 82332)

Corrected dump table formatting and size issue. (CR 82361, 82362)

-- Changes in version 2.80a1 --

Allow 32-bit firmware counters RxWords, TxWords, RxFrames, and TxFrames
to roll over for continued use by statistical applications. (CR 74512,
74911)

The internal loopback test now works properly. (CR 74539)

PCI-e HBAs use "no soft reset" capability present in PCIPM 1.2 to
preserve values across reset. (CR 75198, 75199, 75200, 75201)

UNREG_LOGIN with RPI=0xFFFF and VPI=0xFFFF now performs an
UNREG_LOGIN_ALL for all virtual N_Ports. (CR 75273)

Correct code is used for VNP FLOGI handling. (CR 75274)

Enhanced SLI-3 UNREG_LOGIN command to check for RPI. (CR 75336)

-- Changes in version 2.80a0 --

Firmware download is now successful on both ports of a dual-port HBA.
(CR 25956, 28844)

The link activity LED no longer continues to blink after link down
following a cable pull. (CR 26947, 28876)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Single Port
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
295Kb
File Name
zd280a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LPe11000 PCI Express host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
ZD280A4.ALL All firmware components, no boot code
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes in version 2.80a4 --

Volatile WWNs now indicate presence in the Host Status Register.
(CR 83090, 83091, 83092)

-- Changes in version 2.80a3 --

Bringing up the loop was made more tolerant and consistent. (CR 82586,
82587)

READ_CONFIG mailbox command no longer returns wrong information on system
running Solaris for x86. (CR 82588)

Changed Receive Timeout default timer value to avoid one-second
shortfall. (CR 82591)

-- Changes in version 2.80a2 --

VPI values are now set to zero after a system reboot. (CR 75272)

Fixed code to correctly process link counter update on link down (cable
pull). (CR 75618, 82314)

Performing a firmware update using HBAnyware 4.0 across platforms no
longer results in the firmware update failing and causing the HBA to
appear offline when seen from a remote HBA while appearing online to
the local system. (CR 82162, 82163)

Revised command queueing method so that transmit buffer actions do not
starve generic sequence operations. (CR 82331, 82332)

Corrected dump table formatting and size issue. (CR 82361, 82362)

-- Changes in version 2.80a1 --

Allow 32-bit firmware counters RxWords, TxWords, RxFrames, and TxFrames
to roll over for continued use by statistical applications. (CR 74512,
74911)

The internal loopback test now works properly. (CR 74539)

PCI-e HBAs use "no soft reset" capability present in PCIPM 1.2 to
preserve values across reset. (CR 75198, 75199, 75200, 75201)

UNREG_LOGIN with RPI=0xFFFF and VPI=0xFFFF now performs an
UNREG_LOGIN_ALL for all virtual N_Ports. (CR 75273)

Correct code is used for VNP FLOGI handling. (CR 75274)

Enhanced SLI-3 UNREG_LOGIN command to check for RPI. (CR 75336)

-- Changes in version 2.80a0 --

Firmware download is now successful on both ports of a dual-port HBA.
(CR 25956, 28844)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Offline Utility Version 1.0a6
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Utilities
2.80a4
Size Utilities
95Kb
File Name
doslpcfg_10a6.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
1.91a5
Size Firmware
334Kb
File Name
hd191a5.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP9802 PCI host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

HD191A5.ALL All firmware components, no boot

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a6
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a6
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a5 and 1.91a4:

Ensure proper DMA behavior upon channel reset. (CR 19091, 19096)

Pre-initialize configuration region to avoid errors if host reads it
before the initial configuration is complete. (CR 19177, 19187, 19188)

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a4 and 1.91a3:

Several issues with FLASH access during reset of only one port have been
eliminated by synchronizing the flash access speed of both ports.
(CR 17472, 17475, 17539, 17542, 17625, 17626, 17647, 17648, 18212,
18213, 18307)

An exceptionally rigorous test produced a timeout where the rings other
than ring 0 were ignored. The firmware has been corrected to check all
four rings. (CR 15952, 16262, 16279, 16280, 16281, 16282, 16283)

Improved handling of queued data from tape. Recovery of CRC errors
no longer indirectly trigger an abort on slow PCI environments.
(CR 17410, 17510, 17520, 17608, 17610, 17633, 17634, 17635, 18280,
18343)

Changed handling of dropped FCP-2 tape data frames. Upon detecting a
missing frame, the firmware now automatically requests a retransmission
from the drive. (CR 14851, 15184, 16975, 18329)

The firmware now correctly handles intentional IOCB starvation.
(CR 16818, 16873, 16972, 17211)

An I/O timeout during tape operation was eliminated by delaying
processing of any FCP2 errors during discovery. (CR 17363, 18287, 18288)

Improved handling of linked FCP commands in order to avoid timeouts.
(CR 15602, 16114)

Implemented a workaround to avoid a hardware DMA overrun condition.
(CR 17780, 17834, 17908)

To avoid buffer deadlocks, the HBA now completes any existing DMA for
an exchange prior to allocating more free buffers. (CR 16862, 16874,
16973, 18347)

Dump command now correctly dumps memory above 1MB. (CR 18374)

Improved buffer handling logic during error conditions to avoid aborted
exchanges. (CR 17701, 18291, 18292, 18349)

Improved handling of erroneously-sized ECHO responses. (CR 18330,
18332, 18333)

The HBA now transmits all outstanding ACKs before processing any
previously blocked data. (CR 16354, 18334, 18335)

The transmit queue is now restarted after ACK handling to avoid a
transmit hang in Class 2. (CR 18362, 18363, 18364)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 Offline Utility
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Utilities
1.0a6
Size Utilities
95Kb
File Name
doslpcfg_10a6.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
1.91a5
Size Firmware
334Kb
File Name
hf191a5.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP9802DC PCI host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

HF191A5.ALL All firmware components, no boot

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a6
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a6
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a5 and 1.91a4:

Ensure proper DMA behavior upon channel reset. (CR 19091, 19096)

Pre-initialize configuration region to avoid errors if host reads it
before the initial configuration is complete. (CR 19177, 19187, 19188)

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a4 and 1.91a3:

Several issues with FLASH access during reset of only one port have been
eliminated by synchronizing the flash access speed of both ports.
(CR 17472, 17475, 17539, 17542, 17625, 17626, 17647, 17648, 18212,
18213, 18307)

An exceptionally rigorous test produced a timeout where the rings other
than ring 0 were ignored. The firmware has been corrected to check all
four rings. (CR 15952, 16262, 16279, 16280, 16281, 16282, 16283)

Improved handling of queued data from tape. Recovery of CRC errors
no longer indirectly trigger an abort on slow PCI environments.
(CR 17410, 17510, 17520, 17608, 17610, 17633, 17634, 17635, 18280,
18343)

Changed handling of dropped FCP-2 tape data frames. Upon detecting a
missing frame, the firmware now automatically requests a retransmission
from the drive. (CR 14851, 15184, 16975, 18329)

The firmware now correctly handles intentional IOCB starvation.
(CR 16818, 16873, 16972, 17211)

An I/O timeout during tape operation was eliminated by delaying
processing of any FCP2 errors during discovery. (CR 17363, 18287, 18288)

Improved handling of linked FCP commands in order to avoid timeouts.
(CR 15602, 16114)

Implemented a workaround to avoid a hardware DMA overrun condition.
(CR 17780, 17834, 17908)

To avoid buffer deadlocks, the HBA now completes any existing DMA for
an exchange prior to allocating more free buffers. (CR 16862, 16874,
16973, 18347)

Dump command now correctly dumps memory above 1MB. (CR 18374)

Improved buffer handling logic during error conditions to avoid aborted
exchanges. (CR 17701, 18291, 18292, 18349)

Improved handling of erroneously-sized ECHO responses. (CR 18330,
18332, 18333)

The HBA now transmits all outstanding ACKs before processing any
previously blocked data. (CR 16354, 18334, 18335)

The transmit queue is now restarted after ACK handling to avoid a
transmit hang in Class 2. (CR 18362, 18363, 18364)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC Offline Utility
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Utilities
1.0a6
Size Utilities
95Kb
File Name
doslpcfg_10a6.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Dual Port
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
296Kb
File Name
zf280a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LPe11002, LPe11004, and LPe1105 PCI Express
host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
ZF280A4.ALL All firmware components, no boot code
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes in version 2.80a4 --

Volatile WWNs now indicate presence in the Host Status Register.
(CR 83090, 83091, 83092)

-- Changes in version 2.80a3 --

Bringing up the loop was made more tolerant and consistent. (CR 82586,
82587)

READ_CONFIG mailbox command no longer returns wrong information on system
running Solaris for x86. (CR 82588)

Changed Receive Timeout default timer value to avoid one-second
shortfall. (CR 82591)

-- Changes in version 2.80a2 --

VPI values are now set to zero after a system reboot. (CR 75272)

Fixed code to correctly process link counter update on link down (cable
pull). (CR 75618, 82314)

Performing a firmware update using HBAnyware 4.0 across platforms no
longer results in the firmware update failing and causing the HBA to
appear offline when seen from a remote HBA while appearing online to
the local system. (CR 82162, 82163)

Revised command queueing method so that transmit buffer actions do not
starve generic sequence operations. (CR 82331, 82332)

Corrected dump table formatting and size issue. (CR 82361, 82362)

-- Changes in version 2.80a1 --

Allow 32-bit firmware counters RxWords, TxWords, RxFrames, and TxFrames
to roll over for continued use by statistical applications. (CR 74512,
74911)

The internal loopback test now works properly. (CR 74539)

PCI-e HBAs use "no soft reset" capability present in PCIPM 1.2 to
preserve values across reset. (CR 75198, 75199, 75200, 75201)

UNREG_LOGIN with RPI=0xFFFF and VPI=0xFFFF now performs an
UNREG_LOGIN_ALL for all virtual N_Ports. (CR 75273)

Correct code is used for VNP FLOGI handling. (CR 75274)

Enhanced SLI-3 UNREG_LOGIN command to check for RPI. (CR 75336)

-- Changes in version 2.80a0 --

Firmware download is now successful on both ports of a dual-port HBA.
(CR 25956, 28844)

The link activity LED no longer continues to blink after link down
following a cable pull. (CR 26947, 28876)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Single Port
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
295Kb
File Name
zd280a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LPe11000 PCI Express host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
ZD280A4.ALL All firmware components, no boot code
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes in version 2.80a4 --

Volatile WWNs now indicate presence in the Host Status Register.
(CR 83090, 83091, 83092)

-- Changes in version 2.80a3 --

Bringing up the loop was made more tolerant and consistent. (CR 82586,
82587)

READ_CONFIG mailbox command no longer returns wrong information on system
running Solaris for x86. (CR 82588)

Changed Receive Timeout default timer value to avoid one-second
shortfall. (CR 82591)

-- Changes in version 2.80a2 --

VPI values are now set to zero after a system reboot. (CR 75272)

Fixed code to correctly process link counter update on link down (cable
pull). (CR 75618, 82314)

Performing a firmware update using HBAnyware 4.0 across platforms no
longer results in the firmware update failing and causing the HBA to
appear offline when seen from a remote HBA while appearing online to
the local system. (CR 82162, 82163)

Revised command queueing method so that transmit buffer actions do not
starve generic sequence operations. (CR 82331, 82332)

Corrected dump table formatting and size issue. (CR 82361, 82362)

-- Changes in version 2.80a1 --

Allow 32-bit firmware counters RxWords, TxWords, RxFrames, and TxFrames
to roll over for continued use by statistical applications. (CR 74512,
74911)

The internal loopback test now works properly. (CR 74539)

PCI-e HBAs use "no soft reset" capability present in PCIPM 1.2 to
preserve values across reset. (CR 75198, 75199, 75200, 75201)

UNREG_LOGIN with RPI=0xFFFF and VPI=0xFFFF now performs an
UNREG_LOGIN_ALL for all virtual N_Ports. (CR 75273)

Correct code is used for VNP FLOGI handling. (CR 75274)

Enhanced SLI-3 UNREG_LOGIN command to check for RPI. (CR 75336)

-- Changes in version 2.80a0 --

Firmware download is now successful on both ports of a dual-port HBA.
(CR 25956, 28844)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Offline Utility Version 1.0a6
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Utilities
2.80a4
Size Utilities
95Kb
File Name
doslpcfg_10a6.zip
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Dual Port
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
293Kb
File Name
bf280a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP11002 and LP1105 PCI-X host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
BF280A4.ALL All firmware components, no boot code
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes in version 2.80a4 --

Volatile WWNs now indicate presence in the Host Status Register.
(CR 83090, 83091, 83092)

-- Changes in version 2.80a3 --

Bringing up the loop was made more tolerant and consistent. (CR 82586,
82587)

READ_CONFIG mailbox command no longer returns wrong information on system
running Solaris for x86. (CR 82588)

Changed Receive Timeout default timer value to avoid one-second
shortfall. (CR 82591)

-- Changes in version 2.80a2 --

VPI values are now set to zero after a system reboot. (CR 75272)

Fixed code to correctly process link counter update on link down (cable
pull). (CR 75618, 82314)

Performing a firmware update using HBAnyware 4.0 across platforms no
longer results in the firmware update failing and causing the HBA to
appear offline when seen from a remote HBA while appearing online to
the local system. (CR 82162, 82163)

Revised command queueing method so that transmit buffer actions do not
starve generic sequence operations. (CR 82331, 82332)

Corrected dump table formatting and size issue. (CR 82361, 82362)

-- Changes in version 2.80a1 --

Allow 32-bit firmware counters RxWords, TxWords, RxFrames, and TxFrames
to roll over for continued use by statistical applications. (CR 74512,
74911)

The internal loopback test now works properly. (CR 74539)

PCI-e HBAs use "no soft reset" capability present in PCIPM 1.2 to
preserve values across reset. (CR 75198, 75199, 75200, 75201)

UNREG_LOGIN with RPI=0xFFFF and VPI=0xFFFF now performs an
UNREG_LOGIN_ALL for all virtual N_Ports. (CR 75273)

Correct code is used for VNP FLOGI handling. (CR 75274)

Enhanced SLI-3 UNREG_LOGIN command to check for RPI. (CR 75336)

-- Changes in version 2.80a0 --

Firmware download is now successful on both ports of a dual-port HBA.
(CR 25956, 28844)

The link activity LED no longer continues to blink after link down
following a cable pull. (CR 26947, 28876)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Single Port
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
293Kb
File Name
bd280a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP11000 PCI-X host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
BD280A4.ALL All firmware components, no boot code
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes in version 2.80a4 --

Volatile WWNs now indicate presence in the Host Status Register.
(CR 83090, 83091, 83092)

-- Changes in version 2.80a3 --

Bringing up the loop was made more tolerant and consistent. (CR 82586,
82587)

READ_CONFIG mailbox command no longer returns wrong information on system
running Solaris for x86. (CR 82588)

Changed Receive Timeout default timer value to avoid one-second
shortfall. (CR 82591)

-- Changes in version 2.80a2 --

VPI values are now set to zero after a system reboot. (CR 75272)

Fixed code to correctly process link counter update on link down (cable
pull). (CR 75618, 82314)

Performing a firmware update using HBAnyware 4.0 across platforms no
longer results in the firmware update failing and causing the HBA to
appear offline when seen from a remote HBA while appearing online to
the local system. (CR 82162, 82163)

Revised command queueing method so that transmit buffer actions do not
starve generic sequence operations. (CR 82331, 82332)

Corrected dump table formatting and size issue. (CR 82361, 82362)

-- Changes in version 2.80a1 --

Allow 32-bit firmware counters RxWords, TxWords, RxFrames, and TxFrames
to roll over for continued use by statistical applications. (CR 74512,
74911)

The internal loopback test now works properly. (CR 74539)

PCI-e HBAs use "no soft reset" capability present in PCIPM 1.2 to
preserve values across reset. (CR 75198, 75199, 75200, 75201)

UNREG_LOGIN with RPI=0xFFFF and VPI=0xFFFF now performs an
UNREG_LOGIN_ALL for all virtual N_Ports. (CR 75273)

Correct code is used for VNP FLOGI handling. (CR 75274)

Enhanced SLI-3 UNREG_LOGIN command to check for RPI. (CR 75336)

-- Changes in version 2.80a0 --

Firmware download is now successful on both ports of a dual-port HBA.
(CR 25956, 28844)

The link activity LED no longer continues to blink after link down
following a cable pull. (CR 26947, 28876)

Firmware now forces a new sequence on BA_ACC. (CR 27411)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Offline Utility Version 1.0a6
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Utilities
2.80a4
Size Utilities
95Kb
File Name
doslpcfg_10a6.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
1.91a5
Size Firmware
330Kb
File Name
td191a5.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP10000, LP10000DC and LP10000ExDC
PCI host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

TD191A5.ALL All firmware components, no boot code

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a6
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a6
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a5 and 1.91a4:

Ensure proper DMA behavior upon channel reset. (CR 19091, 19096)

Pre-initialize configuration region to avoid errors if host reads it
before the initial configuration is complete. (CR 19177, 19187, 19188)

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a4 and 1.91a3:

Several issues with FLASH access during reset of only one port have been
eliminated by synchronizing the flash access speed of both ports.
(CR 17472, 17475, 17539, 17542, 17625, 17626, 17647, 17648, 18212,
18213, 18307)

An exceptionally rigorous test produced a timeout where the rings other
than ring 0 were ignored. The firmware has been corrected to check all
four rings. (CR 15952, 16262, 16279, 16280, 16281, 16282, 16283)

Improved handling of queued data from tape. Recovery of CRC errors
no longer indirectly trigger an abort on slow PCI environments.
(CR 17410, 17510, 17520, 17608, 17610, 17633, 17634, 17635, 18280,
18343)

Changed handling of dropped FCP-2 tape data frames. Upon detecting a
missing frame, the firmware now automatically requests a retransmission
from the drive. (CR 14851, 15184, 16975, 18329)

The firmware now correctly handles intentional IOCB starvation.
(CR 16818, 16873, 16972, 17211)

An I/O timeout during tape operation was eliminated by delaying
processing of any FCP2 errors during discovery. (CR 17363, 18287, 18288)

Improved handling of linked FCP commands in order to avoid timeouts.
(CR 15602, 16114)

Implemented a workaround to avoid a hardware DMA overrun condition.
(CR 17780, 17834, 17908)

To avoid buffer deadlocks, the HBA now completes any existing DMA for
an exchange prior to allocating more free buffers. (CR 16862, 16874,
16973, 18347)

Dump command now correctly dumps memory above 1MB. (CR 18374)

Improved buffer handling logic during error conditions to avoid aborted
exchanges. (CR 17701, 18291, 18292, 18349)

Improved handling of erroneously-sized ECHO responses. (CR 18330,
18332, 18333)

The HBA now transmits all outstanding ACKs before processing any
previously blocked data. (CR 16354, 18334, 18335)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Offline Utility
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Utilities
1.0a6
Size Utilities
95Kb
File Name
doslpcfg_10a6.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
1.91a5
Size Firmware
330Kb
File Name
td191a5.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP10000, LP10000DC and LP10000ExDC
PCI host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

TD191A5.ALL All firmware components, no boot code

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a6
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a6
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a5 and 1.91a4:

Ensure proper DMA behavior upon channel reset. (CR 19091, 19096)

Pre-initialize configuration region to avoid errors if host reads it
before the initial configuration is complete. (CR 19177, 19187, 19188)

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a4 and 1.91a3:

Several issues with FLASH access during reset of only one port have been
eliminated by synchronizing the flash access speed of both ports.
(CR 17472, 17475, 17539, 17542, 17625, 17626, 17647, 17648, 18212,
18213, 18307)

An exceptionally rigorous test produced a timeout where the rings other
than ring 0 were ignored. The firmware has been corrected to check all
four rings. (CR 15952, 16262, 16279, 16280, 16281, 16282, 16283)

Improved handling of queued data from tape. Recovery of CRC errors
no longer indirectly trigger an abort on slow PCI environments.
(CR 17410, 17510, 17520, 17608, 17610, 17633, 17634, 17635, 18280,
18343)

Changed handling of dropped FCP-2 tape data frames. Upon detecting a
missing frame, the firmware now automatically requests a retransmission
from the drive. (CR 14851, 15184, 16975, 18329)

The firmware now correctly handles intentional IOCB starvation.
(CR 16818, 16873, 16972, 17211)

An I/O timeout during tape operation was eliminated by delaying
processing of any FCP2 errors during discovery. (CR 17363, 18287, 18288)

Improved handling of linked FCP commands in order to avoid timeouts.
(CR 15602, 16114)

Implemented a workaround to avoid a hardware DMA overrun condition.
(CR 17780, 17834, 17908)

To avoid buffer deadlocks, the HBA now completes any existing DMA for
an exchange prior to allocating more free buffers. (CR 16862, 16874,
16973, 18347)

Dump command now correctly dumps memory above 1MB. (CR 18374)

Improved buffer handling logic during error conditions to avoid aborted
exchanges. (CR 17701, 18291, 18292, 18349)

Improved handling of erroneously-sized ECHO responses. (CR 18330,
18332, 18333)

The HBA now transmits all outstanding ACKs before processing any
previously blocked data. (CR 16354, 18334, 18335)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Offline Utility
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Utilities
1.0a6
Size Utilities
95Kb
File Name
doslpcfg_10a6.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Dual Port
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
293Kb
File Name
bf280a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP11002 and LP1105 PCI-X host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
BF280A4.ALL All firmware components, no boot code
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes in version 2.80a4 --

Volatile WWNs now indicate presence in the Host Status Register.
(CR 83090, 83091, 83092)

-- Changes in version 2.80a3 --

Bringing up the loop was made more tolerant and consistent. (CR 82586,
82587)

READ_CONFIG mailbox command no longer returns wrong information on system
running Solaris for x86. (CR 82588)

Changed Receive Timeout default timer value to avoid one-second
shortfall. (CR 82591)

-- Changes in version 2.80a2 --

VPI values are now set to zero after a system reboot. (CR 75272)

Fixed code to correctly process link counter update on link down (cable
pull). (CR 75618, 82314)

Performing a firmware update using HBAnyware 4.0 across platforms no
longer results in the firmware update failing and causing the HBA to
appear offline when seen from a remote HBA while appearing online to
the local system. (CR 82162, 82163)

Revised command queueing method so that transmit buffer actions do not
starve generic sequence operations. (CR 82331, 82332)

Corrected dump table formatting and size issue. (CR 82361, 82362)

-- Changes in version 2.80a1 --

Allow 32-bit firmware counters RxWords, TxWords, RxFrames, and TxFrames
to roll over for continued use by statistical applications. (CR 74512,
74911)

The internal loopback test now works properly. (CR 74539)

PCI-e HBAs use "no soft reset" capability present in PCIPM 1.2 to
preserve values across reset. (CR 75198, 75199, 75200, 75201)

UNREG_LOGIN with RPI=0xFFFF and VPI=0xFFFF now performs an
UNREG_LOGIN_ALL for all virtual N_Ports. (CR 75273)

Correct code is used for VNP FLOGI handling. (CR 75274)

Enhanced SLI-3 UNREG_LOGIN command to check for RPI. (CR 75336)

-- Changes in version 2.80a0 --

Firmware download is now successful on both ports of a dual-port HBA.
(CR 25956, 28844)

The link activity LED no longer continues to blink after link down
following a cable pull. (CR 26947, 28876)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Single Port
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
293Kb
File Name
bd280a4.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000servers. Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP11000 PCI-X host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
BD280A4.ALL All firmware components, no boot code
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes in version 2.80a4 --

Volatile WWNs now indicate presence in the Host Status Register.
(CR 83090, 83091, 83092)

-- Changes in version 2.80a3 --

Bringing up the loop was made more tolerant and consistent. (CR 82586,
82587)

READ_CONFIG mailbox command no longer returns wrong information on system
running Solaris for x86. (CR 82588)

Changed Receive Timeout default timer value to avoid one-second
shortfall. (CR 82591)

-- Changes in version 2.80a2 --

VPI values are now set to zero after a system reboot. (CR 75272)

Fixed code to correctly process link counter update on link down (cable
pull). (CR 75618, 82314)

Performing a firmware update using HBAnyware 4.0 across platforms no
longer results in the firmware update failing and causing the HBA to
appear offline when seen from a remote HBA while appearing online to
the local system. (CR 82162, 82163)

Revised command queueing method so that transmit buffer actions do not
starve generic sequence operations. (CR 82331, 82332)

Corrected dump table formatting and size issue. (CR 82361, 82362)

-- Changes in version 2.80a1 --

Allow 32-bit firmware counters RxWords, TxWords, RxFrames, and TxFrames
to roll over for continued use by statistical applications. (CR 74512,
74911)

The internal loopback test now works properly. (CR 74539)

PCI-e HBAs use "no soft reset" capability present in PCIPM 1.2 to
preserve values across reset. (CR 75198, 75199, 75200, 75201)

UNREG_LOGIN with RPI=0xFFFF and VPI=0xFFFF now performs an
UNREG_LOGIN_ALL for all virtual N_Ports. (CR 75273)

Correct code is used for VNP FLOGI handling. (CR 75274)

Enhanced SLI-3 UNREG_LOGIN command to check for RPI. (CR 75336)

-- Changes in version 2.80a0 --

Firmware download is now successful on both ports of a dual-port HBA.
(CR 25956, 28844)

The link activity LED no longer continues to blink after link down
following a cable pull. (CR 26947, 28876)

Firmware now forces a new sequence on BA_ACC. (CR 27411)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Offline Utility Version 1.0a6
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Utilities
2.80a4
Size Utilities
95Kb
File Name
doslpcfg_10a6.zip
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.80a4
Size Firmware
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Installation Manual LP11000
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
309Kb
File Name
install_lp11000.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features ...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility ..................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................................2
Setting the Jumpers ....................................................................................................................................3
Installing the Host Bus Adapter ...................................................................................................................4
Attaching Media ..........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power ...........................................................................................................................................6
Viewing the LEDs ...........................................................................................................................6
POST Conditions and Results ........................................................................................................6
References .................................................................................................................................................7
Specifications ................................................................................................................................7
FCC and Regulatory Notices ..........................................................................................................8
Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................................................................9
Laser Safety Notice ......................................................................................................................11

Introduction
The Emulex® LP11000 host bus adapter (HBA) is a single-channel, 4-gigabit per second (Gb/s), Fibre
Channel (FC) PCI-X 2.0 HBA. The core technology of this HBA is Emulex’s seventh generation FC
controller. The controller incorporates a multi-function native PCI-X 2.0 core that is compliant to the
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) and PCI-X local bus specifications. The HBA supports burst
data transfers up to 266-megahertz (MHz) PCI-X Mode 2, 133 MHz PCI-X Mode 1, or 66 MHz PCI. The
fully featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.
Major Features
• Multi-function PCI-X device with one FC port
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCI-X 2.0 FC controller with one internal processor
• Complies with the PCI-X 2.0a and PCI 3.0 specifications for 3.3-V add-in cards
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCI-X and FC functionality is contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processor with instruction and data cache
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb core
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LP11000 HBA provides an embedded short wave optical (LC) connection with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802 and LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
•Some drivers support both SCSI and IP protocols
•Support for remote and fabric boot functionality
• On-board context management by the firmware:
•Up to 510 FC port logins
•Up to 2047 concurrent exchanges
•I/O multiplexing down to the FC frame level
• Data buffers are capable of supporting 64+ buffer-to-buffer (BB) credits for short-wave
applications
• Link management and recovery are handled by the firmware
• On-board diagnostic capability is accessible via optional connection
• Parts and construction are compliant to the European Union Directive of Restriction of
Hazardous Substances (RoHS)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Installation Manual LP11002
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
322Kb
File Name
install_lp11002.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features ...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility ..................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................................2
Setting the Jumpers ....................................................................................................................................3
Installing the Host Bus Adapter ...................................................................................................................4
Attaching Media ..........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power ...........................................................................................................................................6
Viewing the LEDs ...........................................................................................................................6
POST Conditions and Results ........................................................................................................6
References .................................................................................................................................................7
Specifications ................................................................................................................................7
FCC and Regulatory Notices ..........................................................................................................8
Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................................................................9
Laser Safety Notice ......................................................................................................................11

Introduction
The Emulex® LP11002 host bus adapter (HBA) is a dual-channel, 4-gigabit per second (Gb/s), Fibre
Channel (FC) PCI-X 2.0 HBA. The core technology of this HBA is Emulex’s seventh generation FC
controller. The controller incorporates a multi-function native PCI-X 2.0 core that is compliant to the
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) and PCI-X local bus specifications. The HBA supports burst
data transfers up to 266-megahertz MHz PCI-X Mode 2, 133 MHz PCI-X Mode 1, or 66 MHz PCI. The
two independent, fully featured FC ports are compliant to various American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) FC standards. The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the
highest degrees of robustness, performance and ease of management.
Major Features
• Multi-function PCI-X device with two fully independent FC ports
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCI-X 2.0 to FC controller with two internal processors
• Complies with the PCI-X 2.0a and PCI 3.0 specifications for 3.3-V add-in cards
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCI-X and FC functionality contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processors with instruction and data cache
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb cores
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LP11002 HBA provides an embedded short wave optical (LC) connections with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802, LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
•Some drivers support both SCSI and IP protocols
•Support for remote and fabric boot functionality
• On-board context management by the firmware (per port):
•Up to 510 FC port logins
•Up to 1023 concurrent exchanges
•I/O multiplexing down to the FC frame level
• Data buffers capable of supporting 16 buffer-to-buffer (BB) credits for short-wave applications
• Link management and recovery handled by the firmware
• On-board diagnostic capability accessible via optional connection
• Parts and construction compliant to the European Union Directive of Restriction of Hazardous
Substances (RoHS)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11002-M4 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Installation Manual LP11000
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
309Kb
File Name
install_lp11000.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features ...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility ..................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................................2
Setting the Jumpers ....................................................................................................................................3
Installing the Host Bus Adapter ...................................................................................................................4
Attaching Media ..........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power ...........................................................................................................................................6
Viewing the LEDs ...........................................................................................................................6
POST Conditions and Results ........................................................................................................6
References .................................................................................................................................................7
Specifications ................................................................................................................................7
FCC and Regulatory Notices ..........................................................................................................8
Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................................................................9
Laser Safety Notice ......................................................................................................................11

Introduction
The Emulex® LP11000 host bus adapter (HBA) is a single-channel, 4-gigabit per second (Gb/s), Fibre
Channel (FC) PCI-X 2.0 HBA. The core technology of this HBA is Emulex’s seventh generation FC
controller. The controller incorporates a multi-function native PCI-X 2.0 core that is compliant to the
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) and PCI-X local bus specifications. The HBA supports burst
data transfers up to 266-megahertz (MHz) PCI-X Mode 2, 133 MHz PCI-X Mode 1, or 66 MHz PCI. The
fully featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.
Major Features
• Multi-function PCI-X device with one FC port
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCI-X 2.0 FC controller with one internal processor
• Complies with the PCI-X 2.0a and PCI 3.0 specifications for 3.3-V add-in cards
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCI-X and FC functionality is contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processor with instruction and data cache
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb core
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LP11000 HBA provides an embedded short wave optical (LC) connection with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802 and LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
•Some drivers support both SCSI and IP protocols
•Support for remote and fabric boot functionality
• On-board context management by the firmware:
•Up to 510 FC port logins
•Up to 2047 concurrent exchanges
•I/O multiplexing down to the FC frame level
• Data buffers are capable of supporting 64+ buffer-to-buffer (BB) credits for short-wave
applications
• Link management and recovery are handled by the firmware
• On-board diagnostic capability is accessible via optional connection
• Parts and construction are compliant to the European Union Directive of Restriction of
Hazardous Substances (RoHS)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Installation Manual LP11002
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
322Kb
File Name
install_lp11002.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features ...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility ..................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................................2
Setting the Jumpers ....................................................................................................................................3
Installing the Host Bus Adapter ...................................................................................................................4
Attaching Media ..........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power ...........................................................................................................................................6
Viewing the LEDs ...........................................................................................................................6
POST Conditions and Results ........................................................................................................6
References .................................................................................................................................................7
Specifications ................................................................................................................................7
FCC and Regulatory Notices ..........................................................................................................8
Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................................................................9
Laser Safety Notice ......................................................................................................................11

Introduction
The Emulex® LP11002 host bus adapter (HBA) is a dual-channel, 4-gigabit per second (Gb/s), Fibre
Channel (FC) PCI-X 2.0 HBA. The core technology of this HBA is Emulex’s seventh generation FC
controller. The controller incorporates a multi-function native PCI-X 2.0 core that is compliant to the
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) and PCI-X local bus specifications. The HBA supports burst
data transfers up to 266-megahertz MHz PCI-X Mode 2, 133 MHz PCI-X Mode 1, or 66 MHz PCI. The
two independent, fully featured FC ports are compliant to various American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) FC standards. The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the
highest degrees of robustness, performance and ease of management.
Major Features
• Multi-function PCI-X device with two fully independent FC ports
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCI-X 2.0 to FC controller with two internal processors
• Complies with the PCI-X 2.0a and PCI 3.0 specifications for 3.3-V add-in cards
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCI-X and FC functionality contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processors with instruction and data cache
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb cores
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LP11002 HBA provides an embedded short wave optical (LC) connections with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802, LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
•Some drivers support both SCSI and IP protocols
•Support for remote and fabric boot functionality
• On-board context management by the firmware (per port):
•Up to 510 FC port logins
•Up to 1023 concurrent exchanges
•I/O multiplexing down to the FC frame level
• Data buffers capable of supporting 16 buffer-to-buffer (BB) credits for short-wave applications
• Link management and recovery handled by the firmware
• On-board diagnostic capability accessible via optional connection
• Parts and construction compliant to the European Union Directive of Restriction of Hazardous
Substances (RoHS)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP11000-M4 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0405)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-X HBA (IBM P/N 42D0407)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP11000/LP11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Installation Manual LPe11000
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
786Kb
File Name
lpe11000.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................1
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................1
Setting the Jumpers.....................................................................................................................................2
Installing the Host Bus Adapter....................................................................................................................3
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................7
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................7
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................7
References..................................................................................................................................................9
Specifications.................................................................................................................................9
FCC and Regulatory Notices.........................................................................................................11
Declaration of Conformity..............................................................................................................12
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................14

Introduction
This manual describes the Emulex® LPe12000, LPe12002 and LPe12004, 8 gigabit per second (Gb/s)
Fibre Channel (FC) to Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) host bus adapters (HBAs).
They feature a revolutionary design with integrated ARM-1156 cores, integrated SERDES, integrated
SRAM, and external Double-Data Rate (DDRII SRAM) memory structure. The LPe12000 is a singlechannel
adapter. The LPe12002 is a dual-channel adapter.The LPe12004 is a four-channel adapter.
The core technology of these HBAs is the ninth generation FC controller by Emulex. The controller
incorporates a multifunction native PCIe core that is compliant to the PCIe Base Specification 2.0 and
PCI Express CEM Specification 2.0. The HBAs support packet transfers up to 5 gigatransfers per
second (5.0 GT/s) on the PCIe link. The supported physical PCIe connector is x4 or x8. The fully
featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.

Major Features
• PCIe device with one FC port
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCIe to FC controller with one internal processor
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCIe and FC functionality contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processor with instruction and data cache for each port
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb core for FC and 2.5-Gb cores for PCIe
• Complies with the PCIe base and CEM 1.0a specifications:
•x1 or x4 lane link interface (auto-negotiated with system) at 2.5-Gb/s
•Supports VC0 (1 Virtual Channel) and TC0 (1 Traffic Class)
•Configuration /IO/ Memory read/write, completion and message
•Supports 64-bit addressing
•ECRC for all transmitted PCIe data packets
•Link CRC on all PCIe packets and message
information
•Supports large payload size- 2048 bytes for read/write
•Supports large read request size- 4096 bytes
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LPe11000 HBA provides an embedded short wave optical (LC) connection with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802, LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Installation Manual LPe11002
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
804Kb
File Name
lpe11002.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................2
Setting the Jumpers.....................................................................................................................................2
Installing the Host Bus Adapter....................................................................................................................3
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................6
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................6
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................6
References..................................................................................................................................................8
Specifications.................................................................................................................................8
FCC and Regulatory Notices...........................................................................................................9
Declaration of Conformity..............................................................................................................10
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................12

Introduction
The Emulex® LPe11002 host bus adapter (HBA) is a dual-channel, 4.25 gigabit per second (Gb/s), Fibre
Channel (FC) Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) HBA. The core technology of this
HBA is Emulex’s eighth generation FC controller. The controller incorporates a multifunction native PCIe
core that is compliant to the PCIe Base Specification 1.0a and PCI Express CEM Specification 1.0a. The
HBA supports packet transfers up to 2048 bytes on the PCIe link with support for x1 or x4 lane
negotiation. The supported physical PCIe connector is x4 or higher (x8 or x16). The two independent,
fully featured FC ports are compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC
standards. The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest
degrees of robustness, performance and ease of management.

Major Features
• Multifunction PCIe device with two fully independent FC ports
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCIe to FC controller with two internal processors
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCIe and FC functionality contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processors with instruction and data cache for each port
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb cores for FC and 2.5-Gb cores for PCIe
• Complies with the PCIe base and CEM 1.0a specifications:
•x1 or x4 lane link interface (auto-negotiated with system) at 2.5-Gb/s
•Supports VC0 (1 Virtual Channel) and TC0 (1 Traffic Class)
•Configuration /IO/ Memory read/write, completion and message
•Supports 64-bit addressing
•ECRC for all transmitted PCIe data packets
•Link CRC on all PCIe packets and message
information
•Supports large payload size- 2048 bytes for read/write
•Supports large read request size- 4096 bytes
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LPe11002 HBA provides two embedded short wave optical (LC) connections with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802, LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
•Some drivers support both SCSI and IP protocols
•Support for remote and fabric boot functionality
• On-board context management by the firmware (per port):
•Up to 510 FC port logins
•Up to 1023 concurrent exchanges
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11002-M4 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Installation Manual LPe11000
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
786Kb
File Name
lpe11000.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................1
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................1
Setting the Jumpers.....................................................................................................................................2
Installing the Host Bus Adapter....................................................................................................................3
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................7
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................7
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................7
References..................................................................................................................................................9
Specifications.................................................................................................................................9
FCC and Regulatory Notices.........................................................................................................11
Declaration of Conformity..............................................................................................................12
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................14

Introduction
This manual describes the Emulex® LPe12000, LPe12002 and LPe12004, 8 gigabit per second (Gb/s)
Fibre Channel (FC) to Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) host bus adapters (HBAs).
They feature a revolutionary design with integrated ARM-1156 cores, integrated SERDES, integrated
SRAM, and external Double-Data Rate (DDRII SRAM) memory structure. The LPe12000 is a singlechannel
adapter. The LPe12002 is a dual-channel adapter.The LPe12004 is a four-channel adapter.
The core technology of these HBAs is the ninth generation FC controller by Emulex. The controller
incorporates a multifunction native PCIe core that is compliant to the PCIe Base Specification 2.0 and
PCI Express CEM Specification 2.0. The HBAs support packet transfers up to 5 gigatransfers per
second (5.0 GT/s) on the PCIe link. The supported physical PCIe connector is x4 or x8. The fully
featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.

Major Features
• PCIe device with one FC port
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCIe to FC controller with one internal processor
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCIe and FC functionality contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processor with instruction and data cache for each port
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb core for FC and 2.5-Gb cores for PCIe
• Complies with the PCIe base and CEM 1.0a specifications:
•x1 or x4 lane link interface (auto-negotiated with system) at 2.5-Gb/s
•Supports VC0 (1 Virtual Channel) and TC0 (1 Traffic Class)
•Configuration /IO/ Memory read/write, completion and message
•Supports 64-bit addressing
•ECRC for all transmitted PCIe data packets
•Link CRC on all PCIe packets and message
information
•Supports large payload size- 2048 bytes for read/write
•Supports large read request size- 4096 bytes
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LPe11000 HBA provides an embedded short wave optical (LC) connection with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802, LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Installation Manual LPe11002
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
804Kb
File Name
lpe11002.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................2
Setting the Jumpers.....................................................................................................................................2
Installing the Host Bus Adapter....................................................................................................................3
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................6
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................6
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................6
References..................................................................................................................................................8
Specifications.................................................................................................................................8
FCC and Regulatory Notices...........................................................................................................9
Declaration of Conformity..............................................................................................................10
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................12

Introduction
The Emulex® LPe11002 host bus adapter (HBA) is a dual-channel, 4.25 gigabit per second (Gb/s), Fibre
Channel (FC) Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) HBA. The core technology of this
HBA is Emulex’s eighth generation FC controller. The controller incorporates a multifunction native PCIe
core that is compliant to the PCIe Base Specification 1.0a and PCI Express CEM Specification 1.0a. The
HBA supports packet transfers up to 2048 bytes on the PCIe link with support for x1 or x4 lane
negotiation. The supported physical PCIe connector is x4 or higher (x8 or x16). The two independent,
fully featured FC ports are compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC
standards. The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest
degrees of robustness, performance and ease of management.

Major Features
• Multifunction PCIe device with two fully independent FC ports
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCIe to FC controller with two internal processors
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCIe and FC functionality contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processors with instruction and data cache for each port
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb cores for FC and 2.5-Gb cores for PCIe
• Complies with the PCIe base and CEM 1.0a specifications:
•x1 or x4 lane link interface (auto-negotiated with system) at 2.5-Gb/s
•Supports VC0 (1 Virtual Channel) and TC0 (1 Traffic Class)
•Configuration /IO/ Memory read/write, completion and message
•Supports 64-bit addressing
•ECRC for all transmitted PCIe data packets
•Link CRC on all PCIe packets and message
information
•Supports large payload size- 2048 bytes for read/write
•Supports large read request size- 4096 bytes
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LPe11002 HBA provides two embedded short wave optical (LC) connections with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802, LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
•Some drivers support both SCSI and IP protocols
•Support for remote and fabric boot functionality
• On-board context management by the firmware (per port):
•Up to 510 FC port logins
•Up to 1023 concurrent exchanges
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LPe11000-M4 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs
Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2069)
Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA (IBM P/N 42C2071)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe11000/LPe11002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
136Kb
File Name
install.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· The host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
The open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with LC
connectors, used with short-wave lasers

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low profile mounting bracket is
shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802DC Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
135Kb
File Name
install.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· The host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
The open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with LC
connectors, used with short-wave lasers

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low profile mounting bracket is
shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP9802 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP9802 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12002-M8 Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
lpe12000_12002.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................1
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................1
Setting the Jumpers.....................................................................................................................................2
Installing the Host Bus Adapter....................................................................................................................3
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................7
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................7
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................7
References..................................................................................................................................................9
Specifications.................................................................................................................................9
FCC and Regulatory Notices.........................................................................................................11
Declaration of Conformity..............................................................................................................12
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................14

Introduction
This manual describes the Emulex® LPe12000, LPe12002 and LPe12004, 8 gigabit per second (Gb/s)
Fibre Channel (FC) to Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) host bus adapters (HBAs).
They feature a revolutionary design with integrated ARM-1156 cores, integrated SERDES, integrated
SRAM, and external Double-Data Rate (DDRII SRAM) memory structure. The LPe12000 is a singlechannel
adapter. The LPe12002 is a dual-channel adapter.The LPe12004 is a four-channel adapter.
The core technology of these HBAs is the ninth generation FC controller by Emulex. The controller
incorporates a multifunction native PCIe core that is compliant to the PCIe Base Specification 2.0 and
PCI Express CEM Specification 2.0. The HBAs support packet transfers up to 5 gigatransfers per
second (5.0 GT/s) on the PCIe link. The supported physical PCIe connector is x4 or x8. The fully
featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.

Note: Illustrations in this manual are only examples. The actual hardware may vary.

Major Features
• Multifunction PCIe 2.0 device with one (LPe12000), two (LPe12002) or four (LPe12004)
independent FC ports
• Auto-negotiation between 2-Gb/s, 4-Gb/s or 8-Gb/s FC link attachments
• Complies with the PCIe base and CEM 2.0 specifications:
• Built-in temperature sensor

Prerequisites
• PCIe 2.0 compliant systems: x4 or x8 lane transfer link interface
• 3.3 V and 12 V power from PCIe slot required for operation
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12002-M8 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12000-M8 Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
lpe12000_12002.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................1
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................1
Setting the Jumpers.....................................................................................................................................2
Installing the Host Bus Adapter....................................................................................................................3
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................7
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................7
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................7
References..................................................................................................................................................9
Specifications.................................................................................................................................9
FCC and Regulatory Notices.........................................................................................................11
Declaration of Conformity..............................................................................................................12
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................14

Introduction
This manual describes the Emulex® LPe12000, LPe12002 and LPe12004, 8 gigabit per second (Gb/s)
Fibre Channel (FC) to Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) host bus adapters (HBAs).
They feature a revolutionary design with integrated ARM-1156 cores, integrated SERDES, integrated
SRAM, and external Double-Data Rate (DDRII SRAM) memory structure. The LPe12000 is a singlechannel
adapter. The LPe12002 is a dual-channel adapter.The LPe12004 is a four-channel adapter.
The core technology of these HBAs is the ninth generation FC controller by Emulex. The controller
incorporates a multifunction native PCIe core that is compliant to the PCIe Base Specification 2.0 and
PCI Express CEM Specification 2.0. The HBAs support packet transfers up to 5 gigatransfers per
second (5.0 GT/s) on the PCIe link. The supported physical PCIe connector is x4 or x8. The fully
featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.

Note: Illustrations in this manual are only examples. The actual hardware may vary.

Major Features
• Multifunction PCIe 2.0 device with one (LPe12000), two (LPe12002) or four (LPe12004)
independent FC ports
• Auto-negotiation between 2-Gb/s, 4-Gb/s or 8-Gb/s FC link attachments
• Complies with the PCIe base and CEM 2.0 specifications:
• Built-in temperature sensor

Prerequisites
• PCIe 2.0 compliant systems: x4 or x8 lane transfer link interface
• 3.3 V and 12 V power from PCIe slot required for operation
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Lpe12000-M8 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals LP10000
Size Manual
364Kb
File Name
install_lp10000.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Table of ContentsInstallationFeaturesCompatibilityPrerequisitesSet JumpersInstall HBAAttach MediaApply PowerView LEDsReferenceSpecificationsFCC StatementDeclaration of ConformityLaser Safety

Features
The LP10000 host bus adapter offers a highly integrated 2Gb/s Fibre Channel HBA for use in servers based on either the conventional PCI or PCI-X 1.0a expansion bus architectures. The LP10000 delivers exceptional performance through the use of a sixth generation Emulex Thor controller. The Thor high-performance controller is a highly integrated device that combines industry standard embedded ARM9 processors, 1Gig/2Gig SERDES and protocol technology into a single module. The LP10000 is a single-channel HBA in a low-profile PCI (MD2) compliant card format.
Major Features
l
Full duplex 2Gb/s Fibre Channel delivering up to 400MB/s
l
Superior transaction processing performance
l
Automatic speed negotiation
l
Automatic topology detection
l
Full fabric support using F_Port and FL_port connections
l
Onboard hardware context cache for superior fabric performance
l
Support for use of multiple concurrent protocols (SCSI and IP)
l
Full support for both FC service class 2 and 3
l
Full fabric support in x86, Itanium and SPARC environments
l
Support for FC-Tape (FCP-2) devices
l
66/100/133 MHz PCI-X 1.0a and PCI 2.3 compatibility
l
End-to-end parity protection for high data integrity
l
Robust suite of software supporting Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000, Windows NT, Linux, NetWare and Solaris
l
3.3V signaling, 5V tolerant
l
Optical small form factor (LC) interface
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals LP10000
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals LP10000
Size Manual
364Kb
File Name
install_lp10000.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Table of ContentsInstallationFeaturesCompatibilityPrerequisitesSet JumpersInstall HBAAttach MediaApply PowerView LEDsReferenceSpecificationsFCC StatementDeclaration of ConformityLaser Safety

Features
The LP10000 host bus adapter offers a highly integrated 2Gb/s Fibre Channel HBA for use in servers based on either the conventional PCI or PCI-X 1.0a expansion bus architectures. The LP10000 delivers exceptional performance through the use of a sixth generation Emulex Thor controller. The Thor high-performance controller is a highly integrated device that combines industry standard embedded ARM9 processors, 1Gig/2Gig SERDES and protocol technology into a single module. The LP10000 is a single-channel HBA in a low-profile PCI (MD2) compliant card format.
Major Features
l
Full duplex 2Gb/s Fibre Channel delivering up to 400MB/s
l
Superior transaction processing performance
l
Automatic speed negotiation
l
Automatic topology detection
l
Full fabric support using F_Port and FL_port connections
l
Onboard hardware context cache for superior fabric performance
l
Support for use of multiple concurrent protocols (SCSI and IP)
l
Full support for both FC service class 2 and 3
l
Full fabric support in x86, Itanium and SPARC environments
l
Support for FC-Tape (FCP-2) devices
l
66/100/133 MHz PCI-X 1.0a and PCI 2.3 compatibility
l
End-to-end parity protection for high data integrity
l
Robust suite of software supporting Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000, Windows NT, Linux, NetWare and Solaris
l
3.3V signaling, 5V tolerant
l
Optical small form factor (LC) interface
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals LP10000
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals LP10000DC
Size Manual
369Kb
File Name
install_lp10000dc.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Table of ContentsInstallationFeaturesCompatibilityPrerequisitesSet JumpersInstall HBAAttach MediaApply PowerView LEDsReferenceSpecificationsFCC StatementDeclaration of ConformityLaser Safety

Features
The LP10000 host bus adapter offers a highly integrated 2Gb/s Fibre Channel HBA for use in servers based on either the conventional PCI or PCI-X 1.0a expansion bus architectures. The LP10000 delivers exceptional performance through the use of a sixth generation Emulex Thor controller. The Thor high-performance controller is a highly integrated device that combines industry standard embedded ARM9 processors, 1Gig/2Gig SERDES and protocol technology into a single module. The LP10000 is a single-channel HBA in a low-profile PCI (MD2) compliant card format.
Major Features
l
Full duplex 2Gb/s Fibre Channel delivering up to 400MB/s
l
Superior transaction processing performance
l
Automatic speed negotiation
l
Automatic topology detection
l
Full fabric support using F_Port and FL_port connections
l
Onboard hardware context cache for superior fabric performance
l
Support for use of multiple concurrent protocols (SCSI and IP)
l
Full support for both FC service class 2 and 3
l
Full fabric support in x86, Itanium and SPARC environments
l
Support for FC-Tape (FCP-2) devices
l
66/100/133 MHz PCI-X 1.0a and PCI 2.3 compatibility
l
End-to-end parity protection for high data integrity
l
Robust suite of software supporting Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000, Windows NT, Linux, NetWare and Solaris
l
3.3V signaling, 5V tolerant
l
Optical small form factor (LC) interface
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000DC-M4 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals LP10000DC
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals LP10000DC
Size Manual
369Kb
File Name
install_lp10000dc.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Table of ContentsInstallationFeaturesCompatibilityPrerequisitesSet JumpersInstall HBAAttach MediaApply PowerView LEDsReferenceSpecificationsFCC StatementDeclaration of ConformityLaser Safety

Features
The LP10000 host bus adapter offers a highly integrated 2Gb/s Fibre Channel HBA for use in servers based on either the conventional PCI or PCI-X 1.0a expansion bus architectures. The LP10000 delivers exceptional performance through the use of a sixth generation Emulex Thor controller. The Thor high-performance controller is a highly integrated device that combines industry standard embedded ARM9 processors, 1Gig/2Gig SERDES and protocol technology into a single module. The LP10000 is a single-channel HBA in a low-profile PCI (MD2) compliant card format.
Major Features
l
Full duplex 2Gb/s Fibre Channel delivering up to 400MB/s
l
Superior transaction processing performance
l
Automatic speed negotiation
l
Automatic topology detection
l
Full fabric support using F_Port and FL_port connections
l
Onboard hardware context cache for superior fabric performance
l
Support for use of multiple concurrent protocols (SCSI and IP)
l
Full support for both FC service class 2 and 3
l
Full fabric support in x86, Itanium and SPARC environments
l
Support for FC-Tape (FCP-2) devices
l
66/100/133 MHz PCI-X 1.0a and PCI 2.3 compatibility
l
End-to-end parity protection for high data integrity
l
Robust suite of software supporting Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000, Windows NT, Linux, NetWare and Solaris
l
3.3V signaling, 5V tolerant
l
Optical small form factor (LC) interface
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
LP10000-M4 Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Hardware Manuals LP10000DC
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
IBM Branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LP10000/LP10000DC HBAs in IBM DS4000 and DS5000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
170.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.8.14-1-1.tar
Information
SLES11 (Linux CD)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.1.12-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 2.5-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.8.14 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.14
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual (1.64 MB pdf file)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.14
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SLES11 (Linux CD)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
201.4Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.33.3p-1-3.tar
Information
Support Resources for PRIMERGY Servers
RHEL5.3
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.28-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.19-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.33.3p or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
8.2.0.33.3p RHEL5.3 (Linux CD)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
8.2.0.33.3p RHEL5.3 (Linux CD)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.22
Size Driver
198.4Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.4x14-8.2.0.22-2-1.tar
Information
8.2.0.22 RHEL5.2 (Linux CD), 5.1, 5, SLES10 SP2 (Linux CD), SP1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 or later
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 or later
HBAnyware utility 3.4x14 (203 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 3.4a14 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.4a14
SSC version 3.4a14
DFC Library version 3.0.13-1
Lputil version
HBAAPI version 2.1.g

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.22 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.22
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
8.2.0.22 RHEL5.2 (Linux CD), 5.1, 5, SLES10 SP2 (Linux CD), SP1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 or later
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 or later
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.22
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
8.2.0.22 RHEL5.2 (Linux CD), 5.1, 5, SLES10 SP2 (Linux CD), SP1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 or later
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 or later
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.1.10.9
Size Driver
190Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.1.10.9-2.tar.gz
Information
Support Resources for PRIMEQUEST Servers
RHEL 5 GA (2.6.18-8.el5)
Base driver and install script (189 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs the LPFC driver RPM. This RPM
installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfc directory, builds
the driver for the currently running kernel, and then installs the
driver to the proper directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
3. Known Issues

3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications

3.1.1 Observed problem

PCI Hot Plug has been found to cause applications (HBAnyware utilities or
third party applications) that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI), to
misbehave or malfunction.

3.1.2 Workaround

A user should stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI
interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before
performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA.

Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application:
#/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware

After performing PCI Hot Plug of the HBA you can restart the applications.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.1.10.9
Size Driver
207.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.2a14-8.1.10.9-2-1.tar
Information
8.1.10.9 RHEL5, 5.1 (Linux CD) SLES10 SP1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, 5.1
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1
HBAnyware utility 3.2a14, lputil 2.0a14 (207 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 3.2a14 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.2a14
SSC version 3.2a14
DFC Library version 2-15-1005
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.e

Dependencies:

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
The lpfc driver version 8.1.10.9 and all 8.1.10.x based driver releases are
supported with this version of HBAnyware.
This support includes the RHEL5 and SLES10-SP1 in-distro 8.1.10.3 lpfc driver.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.1.10.9
Size Manual
2.9Mb
File Name
manual_81.pdf
Information
8.1.10.9 RHEL5, 5.1 (Linux CD) SLES10 SP1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, 5.1
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.92 MB) Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex HBA ................................... 6
Installing the Application Helper Module and Utilities .............................................. 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Installing HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module using the
Upgrade Kernel Option...................................................................................... 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Driver Kit ................................................................................ 10
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................. 11
Uninstalling the Utilities ......................................................................................... 12
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator.......................................... 12
Uninstalling HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module ................. 12
Configuration ........................................................................................13
Introduction............................................................................................................ 13
Starting the HBAnyware Utility for Linux .......................................................... 14
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 15
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 16
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 17
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 17
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 18
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 18
Using the the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface.............................. 18
Using the CLI Client .................................................................................. 19
The CLI Client Command Reference ........................................................ 20
Starting the lputil Utility .................................................................................... 34
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.40
Size Driver
227Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.40-2.tar.gz
Information
8.0.16.40 RHEL4 u7 (Linux CD), u4,u6 , SLES9 SP4 (Linux CD), SP2, SP3
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and IBM Power 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 or later (IBM Power 64-bit Architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Base driver and install script (226 KB gz file)
Emulex device driver v8.0.16.40 is included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.7 distribution

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.40
Size Driver
196.4Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.4x14-8.0.16.40-3-1.tar
Information
8.0.16.40 RHEL4 u7 (Linux CD), u4,u6 , SLES9 SP4 (Linux CD), SP2, SP3
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and IBM Power 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 or later (IBM Power 64-bit Architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
HBAnyware utility 3.4x14, Application helper module 2.0.30_x2

HBAnyware 3.4a14 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.4a14
SSC version 3.4a14
DFC Library version 80.164-8
Lputil version
HBAAPI version 2.1.g

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.40 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.40
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
8.0.16.40 RHEL4 u7 (Linux CD), u4,u6 , SLES9 SP4 (Linux CD), SP2, SP3
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and IBM Power 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 or later (IBM Power 64-bit Architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.40
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
8.0.16.40 RHEL4 u7 (Linux CD), u4,u6 , SLES9 SP4 (Linux CD), SP2, SP3
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and IBM Power 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 or later (IBM Power 64-bit Architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, and AMD64)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.34
Size Driver
187.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.3a20-8.0.16.34-1-1.tar
Information
8.0.16.34 RHEL 4 u6 (Linux CD), u5, u4, SLES9 SP4 (Linux CD), SP3, SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 update 4 or higher
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP2 or higher
HBAnyware utility 3.3a20, lputil 2.0a14

HBAnyware 3.3a20 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.3a20
SSC version 3.3a20
DFC Library version 80.164-2
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.d_1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.34 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.34
Size Manual
2.9Mb
File Name
manual_81.pdf
Information
8.0.16.34 RHEL 4 u6 (Linux CD), u5, u4, SLES9 SP4 (Linux CD), SP3, SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 update 4 or higher
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP2 or higher
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.92 MB) Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex HBA ................................... 6
Installing the Application Helper Module and Utilities .............................................. 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Installing HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module using the
Upgrade Kernel Option...................................................................................... 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Driver Kit ................................................................................ 10
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................. 11
Uninstalling the Utilities ......................................................................................... 12
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator.......................................... 12
Uninstalling HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module ................. 12
Configuration ........................................................................................13
Introduction............................................................................................................ 13
Starting the HBAnyware Utility for Linux .......................................................... 14
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 15
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 16
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 17
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 17
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 18
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 18
Using the the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface.............................. 18
Using the CLI Client .................................................................................. 19
The CLI Client Command Reference ........................................................ 20
Starting the lputil Utility .................................................................................... 34
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.02h
Size Driver
12Mb
File Name
solaris-2.1a18-6.02h-1a.tar
Information
LPFC Driver
Important Information about Solaris 10 Update 1
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

HBAnyware 2.1a18 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.02c, or later
hbaapi 2.0e

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Copy the HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz file to a directory on the install machine
3. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
4. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz
5. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar
6. Run the pkgadd routine: pkgadd -d .
7. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02h
Size Manual
2.7Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
LPFC Driver
Important Information about Solaris 10 Update 1
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.67 MB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.02h
Size Utilities
76Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.00m-sparc.tar
Information
LPFC Driver
Important Information about Solaris 10 Update 1
emlxadm version 1.00q and emlxdrv version 1.00j for SPARC; needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (77 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02h
Size Manual
609Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
LPFC Driver
Important Information about Solaris 10 Update 1
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Full Installation Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Driver
2.01a4
Size Driver
8.8Mb
File Name
storportminiportkit_2-01a4-1g.exe
Information
Qualification: Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.01a4 can be installed.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.4a9 (9.21 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Quick Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Manual
2.01a4
Size Manual
114Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.01a4 can be installed.
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple installation
with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.
Note: Complete driver and utilities documentation may be downloaded from the Emulex Web site
(www.emulex.com). Click Support at the top of the Web page and navigate by clicking the appropriate
links.
Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.
Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
Distribution Executable File Procedure
To run the distribution executable file:
1. Download the distribution executable file from the Emulex Web site to your system.
2. Double-click the distribution executable file. A window is displayed with driver version
information and Emulex contact information
3. Click Next to access the Location window or click Cancel to close the window.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Manual
2.01a4
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program
Note For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.10 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
User Manual HBAnyware Utility
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Manual
2.01a4
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Qualification: Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program
Note For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2008
Version Driver
2.10a7
Size Driver
11.6Mb
File Name
storportminiportkit_2-10a7-1e.exe
Information
Qualification: Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program
Note For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 4.0a32 (11.6 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
Quick Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2008
Version Manual
2.10a7
Size Manual
114Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.01a4 can be installed.
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple installation
with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.
Note: Complete driver and utilities documentation may be downloaded from the Emulex Web site
(www.emulex.com). Click Support at the top of the Web page and navigate by clicking the appropriate
links.
Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.
Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
Distribution Executable File Procedure
To run the distribution executable file:
1. Download the distribution executable file from the Emulex Web site to your system.
2. Double-click the distribution executable file. A window is displayed with driver version
information and Emulex contact information
3. Click Next to access the Location window or click Cancel to close the window.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2008
Version Manual
2.10a7
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program
Note For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.10 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex DS4000 DS5000
Description
User Manual HBAnyware Utility
Operating Systems
Windows 2008
Version Manual
2.10a7
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Qualification: Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program
Note For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
HelpDrivers Since March 2000